blob: 9d7a42172c41042f73e48a54069899f48833031e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000155 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
156 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
157 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
158 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 }
162 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000163}
164
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000165SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
166 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
167 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
168}
169
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171// Standard Promotions and Conversions
172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000174/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
175void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
176 QualType Ty = E->getType();
177 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
178
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000180 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000181 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000182 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
183 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
184 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
185 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
186 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
187 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
188 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000189 //
190 // C++ 4.2p1:
191 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
192 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
193 //
194 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
195 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000196 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
197 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199}
200
201/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000202/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
204/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
205/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
206Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
207 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
208 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000210 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
211 //
212 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
213 // unsigned int may be used:
214 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
215 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
216 // and unsigned int.
217 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
218 //
219 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
220 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
221 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
222 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
224 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000225 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000226 return Expr;
227 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000229 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000230 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000232 }
233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000235 return Expr;
236}
237
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000240/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
241void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
242 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
243 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000246 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000247 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
249 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000251 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
252}
253
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000254/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
255/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
256/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
257/// completely illegal.
258bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000259 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000261 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
262 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
263 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
264 << Expr->getType() << CT;
265 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
269 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
270 << Expr->getType() << CT;
271
272 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000273}
274
275
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
277/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
280/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
281/// GCC.
282QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
283 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286
287 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000288
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 QualType lhs =
292 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000293 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000294 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000295
296 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
297 if (lhs == rhs)
298 return lhs;
299
300 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
301 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
302 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
303 return lhs;
304
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000309 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000310 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
311 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
312
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000313 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000315 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
316 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000317 return destType;
318}
319
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323
324
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000325/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000326/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
327/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
328/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
329/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000330///
331Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000332Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000333 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
334
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000335 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000336 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000337 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000338
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000339 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
341 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000344 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000346
347 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
349 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000350
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000351 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
352 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
353 // strings.
354 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000355 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000356 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000360 Literal.GetStringLength(),
361 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
362 &StringTokLocs[0],
363 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000364}
365
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000366/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
367/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
368/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
369/// for values inside the block or for globals).
370///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000371/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
372/// up-to-date.
373///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000374static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
375 ValueDecl *VD) {
376 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
377 // we wanted to.
378 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
379 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000381 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
382 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
383 return false;
384
385 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
386 // snapshot it.
387 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
388 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
390 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000391
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000392 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
393 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
394
395 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
396 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
397 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
398 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
399 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
400 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
401 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
402 // having a reference outside it.
403 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000406 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
407 // a snapshot as well.
408 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
409 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412}
413
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000414
415
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000416/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000417Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000420 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D));
421
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000610 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000611 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
612 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 }
616
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000618}
619
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000620Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
621 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
622 UnqualifiedId &Name,
623 bool HasTrailingLParen,
624 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000625 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
626 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
627
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000628 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
629 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
630 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000631 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
632 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
633 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
634 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
635 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
636 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000637 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
638 }
639
640 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
641 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
642 // ActOnIdExpression.
643 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
644 Name.StartLocation,
645 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
646 HasTrailingLParen,
647 &SS,
648 IsAddressOfOperand);
649}
650
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000651/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
652/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
653/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
654/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
655/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000656/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
657/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000658///
659/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
660/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
661/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
662/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000663///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000664/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
665/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
666/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
667/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000668Sema::OwningExprResult
669Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
670 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000671 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000672 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000673 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000674 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
675 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000676
Douglas Gregor601f4f02009-11-23 12:39:54 +0000677 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization.
678 if (SS && SS->isSet() && !computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000679 return Owned(new (Context) DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000681 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
682 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000683 }
684
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000685 LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
686 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000687
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000688 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000689 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000690
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000691 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
692 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000693 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
694 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
696 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000697 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
698 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000699 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000700
701 // FIXME: we should change lookup to do this.
702
703 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
704 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
705 // ivar, that's an error.
706 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
707
708 bool LookForIvars;
709 if (Lookup.empty())
710 LookForIvars = true;
711 else if (IsClassMethod)
712 LookForIvars = false;
713 else
714 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
715 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
716
717 if (LookForIvars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000719 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000720 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000721 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
722 if (IsClassMethod)
723 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
724 << IV->getDeclName());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000725
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000726 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
727 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
728 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
729 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000730
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000731 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
732 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
733 return ExprError();
734
735 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
736 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
737 ClassDeclared != IFace)
738 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
739
740 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
741 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
742 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
743 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
744 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
745 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
746 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
747 SelfName, false, false);
748 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
749 return Owned(new (Context)
750 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
751 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000752 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000753 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000754 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
755 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000756 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000757 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
759 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000760 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000761 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000762 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000763 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000764 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000765 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000768 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
769 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000770 else
771 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000772 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000773 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000774 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000775
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000776 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
777 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000778 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Lookup, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000779
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000780 if (Lookup.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000781 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000782 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000783 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000784 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { // Not in C++.
785 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
786 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
787 } else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000788 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
789 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000790 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
791 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
792 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
793 << SS->getRange());
794 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000795 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000796 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
797 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000798 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000799 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000800 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000801 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000802
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000803 if (VarDecl *Var = Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000804 // Warn about constructs like:
805 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
806 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000808 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
809 // information to check this property.
810 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
811 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000812 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000813 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000814 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000815 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
816 << Var->getDeclName()
817 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
818 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 break;
820 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000821
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000822 // Move to the parent of this scope.
823 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000824 }
825 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000826 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = Lookup.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000827 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
828 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
829 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
830 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
831 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
832 // type.
833 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
834 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000835
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000836 QualType T = Func->getType();
837 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000838 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000840 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000841 }
842 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000843
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000844 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
845 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
846 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
847 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
848 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
849 //
850 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
851 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
852 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
853 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
854 // performance.
855 if (!ADL) {
856 bool isAbstractMemberPointer =
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000857 (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000858
859 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !Lookup.empty() &&
860 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*Lookup.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
861 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, Lookup);
862 }
863 }
864
865 assert(Lookup.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue &&
866 "found UnresolvedUsingValueDecl in non-class scope");
867
868 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Lookup, ADL);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000869}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000870
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000871/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000872bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
874 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000875 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000876 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000877 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000878 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000879 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
880 return false;
881 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
882 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000883 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000884 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
885 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000886 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000887 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
888 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
889 DestRecordType,
890 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
891 From->getSourceRange()))
892 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000893 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
894 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000895 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000896 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000897}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000898
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000899/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000900static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
901 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000902 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
903 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000904 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000905 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000906 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000907 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000908 0, Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000909
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000910 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
911}
912
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000913/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
914/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
915/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000916Sema::OwningExprResult
917Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
918 LookupResult &R) {
919 NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000920 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000921
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000922 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
923 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000924 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000925 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
926 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000927 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000928
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000929 QualType ThisType;
930 QualType MemberType;
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000931 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
932 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
933 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
934 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
935 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000936
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000937 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
938 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
939 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
940 // explicitly qualified.
941 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
942 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000943 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000944
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000945 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
946 return ExprError();
947 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D, Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000948 }
949
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000950 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000951 if (!Method->isStatic())
952 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000953 }
954
955 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000956 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000957 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000958 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000959 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000960 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000961 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000962 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000963 }
964
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000965 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
966 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
967 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000969 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000970 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000971 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000972
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000973 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
974 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
975 // decl reference.
976 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000977}
978
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000979bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
980 const LookupResult &R,
981 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000982 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
983 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
984 return false;
985
986 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
987 if (SS && SS->isSet())
988 return false;
989
990 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000991 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000992 return false;
993
994 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
995 // normal lookup:
996 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
997 NamedDecl *D = *I;
998
999 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1000 // -- a declaration of a class member
1001 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1002 // original decl.
1003 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1004 return false;
1005
1006 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1007 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1008 // using-declaration
1009 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1010 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1011 // turn off ADL anyway).
1012 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1013 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1014 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1015 return false;
1016
1017 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1018 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1019 // template
1020 // And also for builtin functions.
1021 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1022 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1023
1024 // But also builtin functions.
1025 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1026 return false;
1027 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1028 return false;
1029 }
1030
1031 return true;
1032}
1033
1034
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001035/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1036/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1037/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1038/// will in fact be used.
1039static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1040 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1041 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1042 return true;
1043 }
1044
1045 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1046 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1047 return true;
1048 }
1049
1050 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1051 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1052 return true;
1053 }
1054
1055 return false;
1056}
1057
1058Sema::OwningExprResult
1059Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001060 LookupResult &R,
1061 bool NeedsADL) {
1062 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1063
1064 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1065 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001066
1067 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1068 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1069 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001070 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1071 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001072 return ExprError();
1073
1074 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
1075 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context,
1076 SS ? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001077 SS ? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001078 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1079 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1080 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1081 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001082
1083 return Owned(ULE);
1084}
1085
1086
1087/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1088Sema::OwningExprResult
1089Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1090 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1091 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001092 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1093 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001094 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1095
1096 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1097 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001098
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001099 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001100
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001101 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1102 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1103 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1104 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001105 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001106 return ExprError();
1107
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001108 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1109 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001110 return ExprError();
1111
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001112 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1113 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1114 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1115 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001116 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001117 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1118 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1119 //
1120 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001121 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001122 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001123 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001124 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001125 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001126 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1127 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001128 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001129
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001130 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001132 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001133 }
1134 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1135 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001136
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +00001137 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001138}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001139
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001140Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1141 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001142 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001143
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001144 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001145 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001146 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1147 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1148 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001149 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001150
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001151 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1152 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001153
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001154 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1155 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001156 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001157 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001158 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001159
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001160 QualType ResTy;
1161 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1162 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1163 } else {
1164 unsigned Length =
1165 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001166
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001167 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001168 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001169 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1170 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001171 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001172}
1173
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001174Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001175 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001176 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1177 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1178 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001180 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1181 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1182 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001183 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001184
1185 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1186
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001187 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1188 Literal.isWide(),
1189 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001190}
1191
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001192Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1193 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001194 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1195 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001196 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001197 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001198 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001199 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001200 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001201
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001202 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001203 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1204 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001205 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001206
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001207 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001208 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001209
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001210 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001211 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001212 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213 return ExprError();
1214
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001215 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001216
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001217 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001218 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001219 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001220 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001221 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001222 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001223 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001224 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001225
1226 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1227
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001228 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1229 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001230 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1231 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001233 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001234 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001235 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001236 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001237
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001238 // long long is a C99 feature.
1239 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001240 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001241 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1242
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001243 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001244 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001245
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001246 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1247 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1248 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001249 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1250 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001251 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001252 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001253 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1254 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001256 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1257 // be an unsigned int.
1258 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1259
1260 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001261 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001262 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1263 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001264 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001266 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1267 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1268 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1269 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001270 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001271 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001272 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001273 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001274 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001275 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001277 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001278 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001279 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001280
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001281 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1282 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1283 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1284 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001285 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001286 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001287 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001288 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001289 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290 }
1291
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001292 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001293 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001294 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001295
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001296 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1297 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1298 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1299 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001300 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001301 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001302 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001303 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001304 }
1305 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001306
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001307 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1308 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001309 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001310 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001311 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001312 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001313 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001314
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001315 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1316 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001317 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001318 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001319 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001320
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001321 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1322 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001323 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001324 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001325
1326 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001327}
1328
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001329Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1330 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001331 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001332 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001333 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001334}
1335
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001336/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001337/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001338bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001339 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1340 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1341 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001342 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1343 return false;
1344
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001345 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1346 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1347 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1348 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1349 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1350 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1351
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001352 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001353 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001354 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001355 if (isSizeof)
1356 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1357 return false;
1358 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001359
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001360 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001361 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001362 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1363 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001364 return false;
1365 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001366
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001367 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001368 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001369 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1370 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001371 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001373 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001374 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001375 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001376 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1377 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001378 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001379
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001380 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001381}
1382
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001383bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1384 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1385 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001386
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001387 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001388 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1389 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001390
1391 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1392 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1393 return false;
1394
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001395 if (E->getBitField()) {
1396 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1397 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001398 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001399
1400 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1401 // bit-field.
1402 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001403 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001404 return false;
1405
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001406 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1407}
1408
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001409/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001410Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001411Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1412 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001413 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001414 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001415 return ExprError();
1416
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001417 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1418
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001419 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1420 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1421 return ExprError();
1422
1423 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001424 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001425 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1426 R.getEnd()));
1427}
1428
1429/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1430/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001431Action::OwningExprResult
1432Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001433 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1434 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1435 bool isInvalid = false;
1436 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1437 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1438 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1439 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001440 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001441 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1442 isInvalid = true;
1443 } else {
1444 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1445 }
1446
1447 if (isInvalid)
1448 return ExprError();
1449
1450 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1451 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1452 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1453 R.getEnd()));
1454}
1455
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001456/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1457/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1458/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001459Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001460Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1461 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001462 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001463 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001464
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001465 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001466 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1467 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1468 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001469 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001470
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001471 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1472 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1473 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1474
1475 if (Result.isInvalid())
1476 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1477
1478 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001479}
1480
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001481QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001482 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1483 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001485 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001486 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001487 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001488
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001489 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1490 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1491 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001492
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001493 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001494 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1495 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001496 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001497}
1498
1499
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001500
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001501Action::OwningExprResult
1502Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1503 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001504 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1505 switch (Kind) {
1506 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1507 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1508 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1509 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001511 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001512}
1513
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001514Action::OwningExprResult
1515Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1516 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001517 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1518 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1519
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1521 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001522
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001523 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001524 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1525 Base.release();
1526 Idx.release();
1527 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1528 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1529 }
1530
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001531 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001532 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001533 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1534 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1535 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001536 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001537 }
1538
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001539 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1540}
1541
1542
1543Action::OwningExprResult
1544Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1545 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1546 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1547 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1548
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001549 // Perform default conversions.
1550 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1551 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001552
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001553 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001554
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001555 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001556 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001557 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001558 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001559 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1560 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001561 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1562 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1563 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1564 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001565 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001566 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1567 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001568 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001569 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001570 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001571 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1572 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001573 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001574 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001575 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001576 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1577 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1578 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001580 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001581 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1582 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1583 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1584 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001585 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001586 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001587 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001588
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001589 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1590 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001591 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1592 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1593 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1594 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1595 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1596 // force the promotion here.
1597 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1598 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001599 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1600 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001601 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1602
1603 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1604 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001605 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001606 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1607 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1608 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1609 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001610 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1611 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001612 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1613
1614 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1615 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001616 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001617 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001618 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1619 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001621 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001622 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1623 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001624 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1625 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001626
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001627 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001628 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1629 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001630 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1631
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001632 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1634 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001635 // incomplete types are not object types.
1636 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1637 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1638 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1639 return ExprError();
1640 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001642 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001644 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1645 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001646 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001647
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001648 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1649 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1650 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1651 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1652 return ExprError();
1653 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001654
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001655 Base.release();
1656 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001657 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001658 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001659}
1660
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001661QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001662CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001664 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001665 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1666 // see FIXME there.
1667 //
1668 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1669 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001670 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001671
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001672 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001673 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001674
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001675 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001676 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1677 // to be selected.
1678 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001679
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001680 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1681 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001682 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001683
1684 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1685 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001686 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001687 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1688 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001689 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001690 do
1691 compStr++;
1692 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001693 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001694 do
1695 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001696 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001697 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001698
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001699 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001700 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1701 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001702 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1703 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001704 return QualType();
1705 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001706
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001707 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1708 // operates on.
1709 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001710 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001711
1712 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001713 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001714
1715 while (*compStr) {
1716 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1717 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1718 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1719 return QualType();
1720 }
1721 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001722 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001723
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001724 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1725 // number of elements.
1726 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001727 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001728 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001729 return QualType();
1730 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001731
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001732 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001733 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001734 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001735 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001736 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001737 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001738 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001739 if (HexSwizzle)
1740 CompSize--;
1741
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001742 if (CompSize == 1)
1743 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001744
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001745 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001746 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001747 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1748 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1749 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1750 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001751 }
1752 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001753}
1754
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001755static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001756 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001757 const Selector &Sel,
1758 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001760 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001761 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001762 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001763 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001765 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1766 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001767 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001768 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001769 return D;
1770 }
1771 return 0;
1772}
1773
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001774static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001775 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001776 const Selector &Sel,
1777 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001778 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1779 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001780 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001781 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001782 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001783 GDecl = PD;
1784 break;
1785 }
1786 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001787 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001788 GDecl = OMD;
1789 break;
1790 }
1791 }
1792 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001793 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001794 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1795 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001796 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001797 if (GDecl)
1798 return GDecl;
1799 }
1800 }
1801 return GDecl;
1802}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001803
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001805Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001806 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001807 DeclarationName MemberName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001808 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001809 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1810 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001811 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1812 return ExprError();
1813
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001814 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1815 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1816
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001817 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001818 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001819
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001820 // Perform default conversions.
1821 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001822
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001823 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001824
1825 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1826 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1827 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1828 // call, and continue on.
1829 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1830 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1831 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1832 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1833 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1834 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1835 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1836 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1837 ->isRecordType()))) {
1838 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1839 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1840 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1841 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1842
1843 OwningExprResult NewBase
1844 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1845 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1846 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1847 return move(NewBase);
1848
1849 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1850 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1851 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1852 }
1853 }
1854 }
1855
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001856 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1857 // use that.
1858 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1859 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1860 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1861 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1862 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001863 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001864 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001865 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001866 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001867
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001868 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1869 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1870 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1871 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1872 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1873 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1874 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1875 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1876 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1877 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1878 // Check the use of this method.
1879 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1880 return ExprError();
1881 }
1882 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1883 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1884 Selector SetterSel =
1885 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1886 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1887 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1888 if (!Setter) {
1889 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1890 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001891 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001892 }
1893 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1894 if (!Setter)
1895 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1896
1897 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1898 return ExprError();
1899
1900 if (Getter || Setter) {
1901 QualType PType;
1902
1903 if (Getter)
1904 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1905 else
1906 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1907 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1908 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1909 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1910 PType,
1911 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1912 }
1913 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1914 << MemberName << BaseType);
1915 }
1916 }
1917
1918 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1919 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1920 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001921 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001922 }
1923
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001924 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1925 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001926 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001927 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1928 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1929 if (SS) {
1930 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1931 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1932 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1933 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001935 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001936 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001937 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001938 FirstQualifierInScope,
1939 MemberName,
1940 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001941 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001942 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001943 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001944 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001945 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1946 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001947 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001948 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1949 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1950 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001951 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001953 // (so we'll report an error for)
1954 // T* t;
1955 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001957 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1958 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1959 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001960 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001961
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001963 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1964 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1965 if (SS) {
1966 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1967 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1968 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1969 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001970
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001971 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972 BaseExpr, false,
1973 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001974 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001975 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001976 FirstQualifierInScope,
1977 MemberName,
1978 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001979 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001980 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001981 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001982
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001983 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1984 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001985 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001986 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001987 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001988 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
1989 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001990 return ExprError();
1991
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001992 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
1993 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1994 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
1995 // nested-name-specifier.
1996 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00001997
1998 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
1999 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2000 << DC << SS->getRange();
2001 return ExprError();
2002 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002003
2004 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002005 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002006 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2007 }
2008
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002009 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002010 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName);
2011 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002012
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002013 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002014 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2015 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002016 if (Result.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002017 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002019 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2020
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002021 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002022 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002024 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002025 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002026 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002027
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002028 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2029 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2030 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2031 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2032 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2033 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002035 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2036 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2037 // error cases.
2038 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2039 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002040
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002041 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2042 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2043 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2044 // explicitly qualified.
2045 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2046 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2047 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002048
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002049 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002050 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002051 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002052
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002053 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002054 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2055 // (C++ [class.union]).
2056 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002057 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002058 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002059
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002060 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002061 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002062 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002063 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2064 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002065 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2066 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2067 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2068
2069 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2070 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2071
2072 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2073 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2074 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002075 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002076
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002077 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002078 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2079 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002080 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002081 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002082 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002083
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002084 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2085 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002086 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2087 Var, MemberLoc,
2088 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002089 }
2090 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2091 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002092 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2093 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2094 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002095 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002096 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002097 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2098 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002099
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002100 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2102 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002103 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002104 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2105 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002106 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002108 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2109 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2110 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002111 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002112 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002113 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002114 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002115 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2116 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002117 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002118 Ovl, MemberLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002119 Context.OverloadTy));
2120
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002121 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2122 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002123 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002124 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2125 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002126 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2127 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002128 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002129 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002130 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002131 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002132
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002133 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2134 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2135 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002136 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2137 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002138 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002139 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002140
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002141 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2142 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2143 // pseudo-destructor.
2144 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2145 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2147 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002148 // type.
2149 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2150 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2151 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002152
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002153 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2154 // same as the object type.
2155 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2156 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2157 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2158 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2159 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002160
2161 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002162 // the form
2163 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002164 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2165 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002166 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2167 //
2168 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2169 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002171 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2172 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2173 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002174 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002175 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002177 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2178 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2179 MemberLoc));
2180 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002181
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002182 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2183 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002184 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2185 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002186 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002188 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002189 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002190 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2191
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002192 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2193 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002194 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002195
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002196 if (IV) {
2197 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2198 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2199 // error cases.
2200 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2201 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002202
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002203 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2204 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2205 return ExprError();
2206 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2207 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2208 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2209 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2210 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2211 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2212 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2213 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2214 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2215 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2216 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2217 // AST for a function decl.
2218 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002220 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2221 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2222 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2223 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2224 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2225 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226
2227 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2228 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002229 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002230 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002231 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002232 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2233 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002235 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002236 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002237
2238 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2239 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2240 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002241 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002242 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002243 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002244 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002245 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002246 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002247 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002249 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002250 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002251 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002252
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002253 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002254 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002255 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2256 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2257 // Check the use of this declaration
2258 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2259 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002260
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002261 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2262 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2263 }
2264 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2265 // Check the use of this method.
2266 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2267 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002268
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002269 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270 OMD->getResultType(),
2271 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002272 NULL, 0));
2273 }
2274 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002275
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002276 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002277 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002278 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002279 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2280 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002281 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002282 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002283 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2284 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2285 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002286 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002287
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002288 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002289 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002290 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2291 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2292 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002293 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002294 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002295 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002296 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2297 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002298 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002299 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2300 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002301 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002302 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2303 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002304 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002305 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2306 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2307 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002308
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002309 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002310 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2311 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002312 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2313 // selector is implemented.
2314
2315 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2316 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2317
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002318 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002319 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002320
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002321 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2322 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002323 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002324
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002325 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002326 if (!Getter)
2327 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002328 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002329 // Check if we can reference this property.
2330 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2331 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002332 }
2333 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2334 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002335 Selector SetterSel =
2336 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002337 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002338 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002339 if (!Setter) {
2340 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2341 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002342 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002343 }
2344 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002345 if (!Setter)
2346 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002347
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002348 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2349 return ExprError();
2350
2351 if (Getter || Setter) {
2352 QualType PType;
2353
2354 if (Getter)
2355 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002356 else
2357 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2358 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002359 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002360 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002361 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2362 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002363 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002364 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002365 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002367 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002368 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002369 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002370 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002371 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2372 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2373
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002374 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002375 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002376 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002377 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2378 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002379 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002380 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002381 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002382 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002383
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002384 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2385 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2386
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002387 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002388}
2389
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002390Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2391 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2392 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2393 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2394 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2395 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2396 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2397 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2398 TemplateName Template
2399 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2400
2401 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2402 // twice!
2403 DeclarationName Name;
2404 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2405 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2406 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2407 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002408 else {
2409 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2410 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2411 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2412 else
2413 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2414 }
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002415
2416 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2417 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2418 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002419 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2420
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002421 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
2422 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
2423 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
2424 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002425 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2426
2427 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2428 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2429 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002430 Name, &TemplateArgs, DeclPtrTy(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002431 &SS);
2432 }
2433
2434 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2435 // DeclarationName.
2436 OwningExprResult Result
2437 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2438 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2439 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2440 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2441
2442 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2443 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2444 return move(Result);
2445
2446 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2447 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2448 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2449 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2450 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2451 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2452 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2453 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2454 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2455
2456 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2457 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002458}
2459
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002460Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2461 FunctionDecl *FD,
2462 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2463 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2464 Diag (CallLoc,
2465 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2466 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002467 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002468 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2469 } else {
2470 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2471 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2472
2473 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002474 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002475
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002476 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2477 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002478 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002479
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002480 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002481 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002482 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002483
2484 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002485 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2486 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2487 return ExprError();
2488 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002490 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002492 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2493 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2494 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002496 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002497 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002498 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2499 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2500 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2501 }
2502 }
2503
2504 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2505 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2506}
2507
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002508/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2509/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2510/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2511/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2512/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2513/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002514bool
2515Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002516 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002517 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2519 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002520 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002521 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2522 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002523 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002524
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002525 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2526 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2527 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2528 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2529 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2530 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002531 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002532 }
2533
2534 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2535 // them.
2536 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2537 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2538 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2539 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2540 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2541 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2542 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2543 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002544 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002545 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002546 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002547 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002548 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
2549 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
2550 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, Fn);
2551 if (Invalid)
2552 return true;
2553 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
2554 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
2555 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
2556
2557 return false;
2558}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002559
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002560bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2561 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2562 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2563 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
2564 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2565 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
2566 Expr *Fn) {
2567 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2568 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
2569 bool Invalid = false;
2570 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
2571 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2572 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2573 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002574 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002575 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002576 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002577
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002579 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
2580 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
2581
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002582 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2583 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002584 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002585 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002586 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002587
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002588 // Pass the argument.
2589 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2590 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002591
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002592 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2593 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002594 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002595 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002596
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002597 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002598 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002599 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2600 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002601
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002602 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002603 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002604 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002605 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002606
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002607 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2608 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002609 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002610 if (Fn) {
2611 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2612 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2613 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2614 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2615 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002616 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002617 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002618 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002619 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002620 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002621 }
2622 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002623 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002624}
2625
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002626/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2627/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2628/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2629/// template arguments, etc.
2630void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002631 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002632 DeclarationName &Name,
2633 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2634 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2635 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002636 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002637 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002638 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002639 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002640 Name = DeclarationName();
2641 Qualifier = 0;
2642 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2643 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002644 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002645 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002646
2647 // Most of the explicit tracking of ArgumentDependentLookup in this
2648 // function can disappear when we handle unresolved
2649 // TemplateIdRefExprs properly.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002650
2651 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2652 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2653 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2654 while (true) {
2655 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2656 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2657 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2658 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2659 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2660 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2661 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2662 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2663 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2664 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2665 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002666 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002667 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2668 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2669 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002670 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002671 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002672 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2673 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2674 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2675 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2676 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002677 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002678 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2679 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002680 break;
2681 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2682 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002683 if (NamedDecl *Function
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002684 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2685 Name = Function->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002686 Fns.push_back(Function);
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002687 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002688 else {
2689 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overload
2690 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002691 Name = Overload->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002692 Fns.append(Overload->function_begin(), Overload->function_end());
2693 }
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002694 Overloaded = true;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002695 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002696 TemplateIdRef->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002697
2698 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2699 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2700 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2701 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2702 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2703 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2704 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2705 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2706 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2707 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2708 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2709 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2710 //
2711 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2712 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2713 // is still possible.
2714 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2715 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2716 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2717 }
2718 break;
2719 } else {
2720 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2721 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2722 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2723 break;
2724 }
2725 }
2726}
2727
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002728/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002729/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2730/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002731Action::OwningExprResult
2732Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2733 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002734 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002735 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002736
2737 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2738 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002739
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002740 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002741 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002742 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002743
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002744 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002745 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2746 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2747 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2748 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2749 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2750 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2751 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2752 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002753
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002754 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2755 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002756
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002757 NumArgs = 0;
2758 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002759
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002760 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2761 RParenLoc));
2762 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002763
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002764 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002765 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002766 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2767 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002768 bool Dependent = false;
2769 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2770 Dependent = true;
2771 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2772 Dependent = true;
2773
2774 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002775 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002776 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2777
2778 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2779 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2780 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2781 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2782
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002783 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002784 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2785 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2786 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2787 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2788 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2789 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2790 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002791 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2792 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002793 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002794
2795 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2796 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2797 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2798 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002799 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2800 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2801 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002802
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002803 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2804 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2805 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2806 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002807
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002808 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2809 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2810 TheCall.get(), 0))
2811 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002812
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002813 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2814 RParenLoc))
2815 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002816
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002817 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2818 }
2819 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2820 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2821 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002822 }
2823 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002824 }
2825
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002826 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002827 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002828 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002829 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
2830 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002831 bool Overloaded;
2832 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002833 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002834 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002835 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2836 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002837 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002838 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002839 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002840
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002841 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
2842 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002843
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002844 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
2845#ifndef NDEBUG
2846 if (ADL) {
2847 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
2848 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
2849
2850 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
2851 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
2852 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
2853 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2854 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
2855
2856 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2857 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
2858 }
2859
2860 if (Overloaded) {
2861 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
2862 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
2863 // infinite set of functions).
2864 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
2865 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
2866 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
2867 && "unrecognized overload situation");
2868 }
2869#endif
2870
2871 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002872 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002873 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2874 RParenLoc, ADL);
2875 if (!FDecl)
2876 return ExprError();
2877
2878 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
2879
2880 NDecl = FDecl;
2881 } else {
2882 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
2883 if (Fns.empty())
2884 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
2885 else {
2886 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002887 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002888 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002889 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002890
2891 // Promote the function operand.
2892 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2893
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002894 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2895 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002896 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2897 Args, NumArgs,
2898 Context.BoolTy,
2899 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002900
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002901 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2902 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2903 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2904 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002905 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002906 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002907 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2908 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002909 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002910 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002911 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002912 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002913 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002914 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002915 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2916 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2917
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002918 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002919 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2920 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2921 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002922 return ExprError();
2923
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002924 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002925 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002926
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002927 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002928 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002929 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002930 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002931 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002932 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002933
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002934 if (FDecl) {
2935 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2936 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2937 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002938 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002939 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002940 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002941 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2942 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2943 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2944 }
2945 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002946 }
2947
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002948 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002949 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2950 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2951 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002952 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2953 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002954 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2955 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002956 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002957 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002958 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002959 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002960
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002961 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2962 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002963 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2964 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002965
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002966 // Check for sentinels
2967 if (NDecl)
2968 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002969
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002970 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002971 if (FDecl) {
2972 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2973 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002974
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002975 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002976 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2977 } else if (NDecl) {
2978 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2979 return ExprError();
2980 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002981
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002982 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002983}
2984
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002985Action::OwningExprResult
2986Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2987 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002988 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002989 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2990 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002991 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002992 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002993 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002994
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002995 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002996 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002997 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2998 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002999 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3000 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003001 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003002 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003003 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003004 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003005
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003006 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003007 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003008 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003009
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003010 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003011 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003012 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003013 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003014 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003015 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003016 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003017 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003018}
3019
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003020Action::OwningExprResult
3021Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003022 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3023 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3024 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003025
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003026 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003027 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003028
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003029 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003030 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003031 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003032 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003033}
3034
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003035static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3036 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003037 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003038 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3039
3040 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3041 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3042 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3043 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3044 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3045 }
3046
3047 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3048 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3049 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3050 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3051 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3052 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3053 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3054 }
3055
3056 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3057 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3058 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3059 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3060 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3061 }
3062
3063 // FIXME: Assert here.
3064 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3065 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3066}
3067
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003068/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003069bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003071 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3072 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003073 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003074 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3075 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003076
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003077 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003078
3079 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3080 // type needs to be scalar.
3081 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3082 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003083 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3084 return false;
3085 }
3086
3087 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003088 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003089 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3090 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003091 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003092 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3093 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003094 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003095 return false;
3096 }
3097
3098 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003099 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003100 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003101 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003102 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003103 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003104 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3105 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003106 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3107 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3108 break;
3109 }
3110 }
3111 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3112 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3113 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003114 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003115 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003116 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003117
3118 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3119 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3120 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3121 }
3122
3123 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3124 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003125 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3126 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003127 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003128 }
3129
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003130 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3131 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3132
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003133 if (castType->isVectorType())
3134 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3135 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3136 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3137
3138 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003139 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003140
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003141 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3142 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3143
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003144 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003145 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3146 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3147 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3148 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3149 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3150 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3151 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3152 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3153 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3154 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003155 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003156
3157 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003158 return false;
3159}
3160
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003161bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3162 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003163 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003164
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003165 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003166 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003167 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003168 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003169 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003170 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003171 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003172 } else
3173 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003174 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003175 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003176
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003177 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003178 return false;
3179}
3180
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003181bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3182 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003183 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003184
3185 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3186
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003187 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3188 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003189 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3190 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3191 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3192 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003193 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003194 return false;
3195 }
3196
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003197 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003198 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3199 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003200 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3201 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3202 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3203 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003204
3205 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3206 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3207 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003208
3209 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003210 return false;
3211}
3212
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003213Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003214Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003215 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003216 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003217
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003218 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3219 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003220
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003221 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003222 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3223 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003224
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003225 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3226 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3227 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003228 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003229 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003230 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003231 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003232
3233 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003234 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003235 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003236
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003237 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3238 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003239
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003240 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3241 } else {
3242 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003243 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003244
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003245 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003246 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003247 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003248}
3249
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003250/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3251/// of comma binary operators.
3252Action::OwningExprResult
3253Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3254 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3255 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3256 if (!E)
3257 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003258
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003259 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003260
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003261 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3262 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3263 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003264
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003265 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3266}
3267
3268Action::OwningExprResult
3269Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3270 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3271 QualType Ty) {
3272 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273
3274 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003275 // then handle it as such.
3276 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3277 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3278 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3279 return ExprError();
3280 }
3281
3282 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3283 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3284 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3285
3286 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3287 // braces instead of the original commas.
3288 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003289 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003290 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3291 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003292 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003293 Owned(E));
3294 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003295 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003296 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3297 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3298 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3299 }
3300}
3301
3302Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3303 SourceLocation R,
3304 MultiExprArg Val) {
3305 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3306 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3307 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3308 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3309 return Owned(expr);
3310}
3311
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003312/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3313/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003314/// C99 6.5.15
3315QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3316 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003317 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3318 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3319 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3320
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003321 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3322
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003323 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3324 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3325 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3326 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3327 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3328 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003329
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003330 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003331 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3332 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3333 << CondTy;
3334 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003335 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003336
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003337 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003338 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3339 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003340
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003341 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3342 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003343 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3344 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3345 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003346 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003347
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003348 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3349 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003350 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3351 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003352 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003353 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003354 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003355 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003356 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003357 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003358
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003359 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003360 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003361 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3362 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3363 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3364 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3365 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3366 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3367 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003368 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3369 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003370 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003371 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003372 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3373 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003374 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003375 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003376 // promote the null to a pointer.
3377 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003378 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003379 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003380 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003381 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003382 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003383 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003384 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003385 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3386 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3387 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3388 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3389 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003390 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003391 return LHSTy;
3392 }
3393 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3394 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003395 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003396 return RHSTy;
3397 }
3398 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3399 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3400 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003401 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003402 return LHSTy;
3403 }
3404 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3405 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003406 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003407 return RHSTy;
3408 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003409 // Handle block pointer types.
3410 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3411 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3412 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3413 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003414 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3415 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003416 return destType;
3417 }
3418 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3419 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3420 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003421 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003422 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3423 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3424 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003425 return LHSTy;
3426 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003427 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003428 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3429 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003430
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003431 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3432 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003433 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3434 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3435 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3436 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3437 // to get a consistent AST.
3438 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003439 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3440 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003441 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003442 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003443 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003444 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3445 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003446 return LHSTy;
3447 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003448 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003449 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003450
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003451 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3452 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3453 return LHSTy;
3454 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003455 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3456 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003457 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003458
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003459 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3460 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3461 // type. This allows
3462 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3463 // where B is a subclass of A.
3464 //
3465 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3466 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3467 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3468 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3469
3470 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3471 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003472 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003473 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003474 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003475 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003476 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003477 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003478 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003479 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003480 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3481 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3482 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3483 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3484 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003485 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003486 } else if (!(compositeType =
3487 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3488 ;
3489 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003490 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3491 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3492 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3493 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003494 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3495 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003496 return incompatTy;
3497 }
3498 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003499 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3500 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003501 return compositeType;
3502 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003503 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3504 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003505 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003506 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003507 QualType destPointee
3508 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003509 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003510 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3511 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3512 // Promote to void*.
3513 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003514 return destType;
3515 }
3516 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003517 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003518 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003519 QualType destPointee
3520 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003521 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003522 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3523 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3524 // Promote to void*.
3525 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003526 return destType;
3527 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003528 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3529 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3530 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003531 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3532 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003533
3534 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3535 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3536 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003537 QualType destPointee
3538 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003539 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003540 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3541 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3542 // Promote to void*.
3543 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003544 return destType;
3545 }
3546 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003547 QualType destPointee
3548 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003549 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003550 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003551 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003552 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003553 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003554 return destType;
3555 }
3556
3557 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3558 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3559 return LHSTy;
3560 }
3561 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3562 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3563 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3564 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3565 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3566 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3567 // to get a consistent AST.
3568 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003569 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3570 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003571 return incompatTy;
3572 }
3573 // The pointer types are compatible.
3574 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3575 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3576 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3577 // type.
3578 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3579 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003580 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3581 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003582 return LHSTy;
3583 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003584
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003585 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3586 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3587 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3588 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003589 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003590 return RHSTy;
3591 }
3592 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3593 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3594 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003595 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003596 return LHSTy;
3597 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003598
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003599 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003600 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3601 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003602 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003603}
3604
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003605/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003606/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003607Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3608 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3609 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3610 ExprArg RHS) {
3611 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3612 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003613
3614 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3615 // was the condition.
3616 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3617 if (isLHSNull)
3618 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003619
3620 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003621 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003622 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003623 return ExprError();
3624
3625 Cond.release();
3626 LHS.release();
3627 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003628 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003629 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003630 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003631}
3632
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003633// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003634// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003635// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3636// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3637// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003638Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003639Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003640 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003641
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003642 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3643 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3644 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3645 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3646 return Compatible;
3647 }
3648
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003649 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003650 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3651 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003652
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003653 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003654 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3655 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003656
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003657 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658
3659 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3660 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3661 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003662 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003663 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003664 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003665
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003666 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3667 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003668 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003669 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003670 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003671 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003672
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003673 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003674 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3675 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003676 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003677
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003678 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003679 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003680 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003681
3682 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003683 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3684 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003685 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003686 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003687 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003688 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3689 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3690 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3691 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3692 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3693 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003694 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003695 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003696 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003697 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003698
3699 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003700 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003701 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003702 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003703
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003704 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3705 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3706 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3707 // warning can be disabled.
3708 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3709 return ConvTy;
3710 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3711 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003712
3713 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3714 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3715 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3716 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3717 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3718 do {
3719 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3720 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3721
3722 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3723 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3724 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3725
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003726 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003727 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003728 }
3729
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003730 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003731 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003732 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003733 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003734}
3735
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003736/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3737/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3738/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3739// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003740Sema::AssignConvertType
3741Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003742 QualType rhsType) {
3743 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003744
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003745 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003746 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3747 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003748
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003749 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3750 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3751 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003752
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003753 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003755 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003756 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003757 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003758
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003759 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003760 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003761 return ConvTy;
3762}
3763
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3765/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003766/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3767///
3768/// int a, *pint;
3769/// short *pshort;
3770/// struct foo *pfoo;
3771///
3772/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3773/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3774/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3775/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3776///
3777/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003778/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003779///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003780Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003781Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003782 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3783 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003784 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3785 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003786
3787 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003788 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003789
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003790 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3791 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3792 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3793 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3794 return Compatible;
3795 }
3796
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003797 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3798 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3799 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3800 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3801 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3802 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3803 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003804 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003805 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003806 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003807 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003808 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003809 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3810 // to the same ExtVector type.
3811 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3812 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3813 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3814 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3815 return Compatible;
3816 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003817
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003818 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003819 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003820 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003821 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003822 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3823 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003824 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003825 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003826 }
3827 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003828 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003829
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003830 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003831 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003832
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003833 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003834 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003835 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003836
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003837 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003838 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003839
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003840 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003841 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003842 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3843 return Compatible;
3844 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003845 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003846 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3847 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003848 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003849
3850 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003851 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003852 return Compatible;
3853 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003854 return Incompatible;
3855 }
3856
3857 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3858 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003859 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003861 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003862 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003863 return Compatible;
3864
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003865 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3866 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003867
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003868 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003869 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003870 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003871 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003872 return Incompatible;
3873 }
3874
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003875 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3876 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3877 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003878
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003879 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003880 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003881 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3882 return Compatible;
3883 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003884 }
3885 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003886 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3887 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003888 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3889 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003890 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3891 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003892 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003893 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003894 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003895 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3896 return Compatible;
3897 }
3898 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3899 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3900 return Compatible;
3901 return Incompatible;
3902 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003903 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003904 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003905 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3906 return Compatible;
3907
3908 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003909 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003910
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003911 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003912 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003913
3914 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003915 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003916 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003917 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003918 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003919 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3920 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3921 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3922 return Compatible;
3923
3924 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3925 return PointerToInt;
3926
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003927 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003928 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003929 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3930 return Compatible;
3931 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003932 }
3933 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003934 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003935 return Compatible;
3936 return Incompatible;
3937 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003938
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003939 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003940 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003941 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003942 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003943 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003944}
3945
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003946/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3947/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003948static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003949 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3950 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3951 // of the transparent union.
3952 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3953 &E, 1,
3954 SourceLocation());
3955 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3956 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3957
3958 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3959 // union type from this initializer list.
3960 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3961 false);
3962}
3963
3964Sema::AssignConvertType
3965Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3966 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3967
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003968 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003969 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3970 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003971 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003972 return Incompatible;
3973
3974 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3975 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3976 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3977 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003978 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3979 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003980 it != itend; ++it) {
3981 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3982 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3983 // 1) void pointer
3984 // 2) null pointer constant
3985 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003986 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003987 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003988 InitField = *it;
3989 break;
3990 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003991
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003992 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3993 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003994 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003995 InitField = *it;
3996 break;
3997 }
3998 }
3999
4000 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4001 == Compatible) {
4002 InitField = *it;
4003 break;
4004 }
4005 }
4006
4007 if (!InitField)
4008 return Incompatible;
4009
4010 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4011 return Compatible;
4012}
4013
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004014Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004015Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004016 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4017 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4018 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4019 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4020 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004021 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4022 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004023 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004024 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004025 }
4026
4027 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4028 // structures.
4029 }
4030
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004031 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4032 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004033 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4034 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004035 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004036 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4037 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004038 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004039 return Compatible;
4040 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004041
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004042 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004043 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004044 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004045 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004046 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004048 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4049 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004050
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004051 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4052 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004053
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004054 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4055 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004056 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4057 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4058 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4059 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004060 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004061 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4062 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004063 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004064}
4065
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004066QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004067 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004068 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004069 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004070 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004071}
4072
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004074 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004076 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004077 QualType lhsType =
4078 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4079 QualType rhsType =
4080 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004082 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004083 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004084 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004085
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004086 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4087 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004088 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4089 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004090 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4091 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004092 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004093 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004094 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004095 }
4096 }
4097 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004098
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004099 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4100 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4101 bool swapped = false;
4102 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4103 swapped = true;
4104 std::swap(rex, lex);
4105 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4106 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004108 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004109 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004110 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4111 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4112 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004113 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004114 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4115 return lhsType;
4116 }
4117 }
4118 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4119 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4120 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004121 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004122 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4123 return lhsType;
4124 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004125 }
4126 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004127
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004128 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004129 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004130 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004131 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004132 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004133}
4134
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004135inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004136 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004137 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004138 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004139
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004140 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004141
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004142 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004143 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004144 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004145}
4146
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004147inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004148 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004149 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4150 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4151 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4152 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4153 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004154
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004155 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004156
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004157 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004158 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004159 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004160}
4161
4162inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004163 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004164 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4165 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4166 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4167 return compType;
4168 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004169
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004170 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004171
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004172 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004173 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4174 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4175 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004176 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004177 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004178
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004179 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4180 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004181 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004182 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4183
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004184 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004185
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004186 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004187 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004188
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004189 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4190 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4192 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004193 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004194 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004195 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004196
4197 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4198 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4199 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004200 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004201 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4202 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4203 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4204 return QualType();
4205 }
4206
4207 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4208 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4209 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004210 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004211 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004212 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004213 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004214 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4215 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004216 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4217 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004218 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004219 return QualType();
4220 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004221 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4222 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4223 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4224 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4225 return QualType();
4226 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004227
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004228 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004229 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4230 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4231 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4232 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4233 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004234 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004235 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4236 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004237 return PExp->getType();
4238 }
4239 }
4240
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004241 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004242}
4243
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004244// C99 6.5.6
4245QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004246 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4247 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4248 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4249 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4250 return compType;
4251 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004252
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004253 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004254
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004255 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004256
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004257 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004258 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4259 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004260 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004261 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004262 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004263
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004264 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004265 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004266 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004267
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004268 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004269
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004270 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4271 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4272 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4273 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4274 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4275 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4276 return QualType();
4277 }
4278
4279 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4280 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4281 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4282 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4283 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004284 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004285 return QualType();
4286 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004287
4288 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4289 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4290 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004291 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004292 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004293 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004294 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004295 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004296
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004297 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4298 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4299 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4300 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4301 return QualType();
4302 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004303
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004304 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004305 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4306 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4307 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4308 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4309 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4310 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004312 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4313
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004314 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004315 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004316 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004317
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004318 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004319 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004320 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004321
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004322 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4323 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4324 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4325 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4326 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4327 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4328 return QualType();
4329 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004330
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004331 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4332 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4333 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4334 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004335 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004336 return QualType();
4337 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004338
4339 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4340 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4341 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4342 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4343 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004344 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4345 << rex->getSourceRange()
4346 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004347 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004348
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004349 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4350 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4351 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4352 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4353 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4354 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4355 return QualType();
4356 }
4357 } else {
4358 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4359 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4360 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4361 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4362 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4363 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4364 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4365 return QualType();
4366 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004367 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004369 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4370 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4371 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4372 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4373 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004374 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004375 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004376
4377 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004378 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4379 }
4380 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004381
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004382 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004383}
4384
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004385// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004386QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004387 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004388 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4389 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004390 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004391
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004392 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4393 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4394 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4395
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004396 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4397 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004398 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4399 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4400 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4401 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4402 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004403 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004404 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004405 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004406
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004407 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004408
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004409 // Sanity-check shift operands
4410 llvm::APSInt Right;
4411 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004412 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4413 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004414 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004415 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4416 else {
4417 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4418 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4419 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4420 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4421 }
4422 }
4423
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004424 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004425 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004426}
4427
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004428/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4429///
4430/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4431/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4432/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004433/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4434/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004435void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004436 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004437 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4438 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4439 return;
4440
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004441 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4442
4443 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4444 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4445 return;
4446
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004447 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4448 // chance at instantiation time.
4449 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4450 return;
4451
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004452 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4453 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004454 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004455 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4456 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4457 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004458 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004459 } else {
4460 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4461 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004462 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004463 }
4464
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004465 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004466 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4467 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004468 // of the comparison will be exact.
4469 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4470 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4471 return;
4472
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004473 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4474 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4475 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004476 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004477 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4478
4479 if (value.isNonNegative())
4480 return;
4481 }
4482
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004483 if (Equality) {
4484 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004485 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4486 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4487 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004488 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4489 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4490
4491 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4492 if (value.isNonNegative())
4493 return;
4494 }
4495 }
4496
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004497 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004498 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4499 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4500}
4501
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004502// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004503QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004504 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4505 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4506
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004507 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004508 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004509
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004510 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4511 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004512
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004513 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004514 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4515 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4516 else {
4517 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4518 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4519 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004520 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4521 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004522
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004523 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4524 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004525 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4526 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4527 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004528 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004529 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004530 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4531 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4532 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4533 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004534 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4535 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004537
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004538 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4539 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4540 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4541 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004542
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004543 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4544 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004545 Expr *literalString = 0;
4546 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004547 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004548 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4549 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004550 literalString = lex;
4551 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004552 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4553 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004554 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4555 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004556 literalString = rex;
4557 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4558 }
4559
4560 if (literalString) {
4561 std::string resultComparison;
4562 switch (Opc) {
4563 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4564 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4565 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4566 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4567 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4568 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4569 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4570 }
4571 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4572 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4573 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004574 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4575 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4576 "strcmp(")
4577 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4578 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004579 resultComparison);
4580 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004581 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004582
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004583 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004584 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004585
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004586 if (isRelational) {
4587 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004588 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004589 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004590 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004591 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004592 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004593 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004594 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004595
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004596 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004597 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004598 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004599
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004600 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4601 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4602 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4603 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004604
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004605 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4606 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4607 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004608 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004609 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004610 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004611 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004612 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004613
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004614 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004615 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4616 return ResultTy;
4617
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004618 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4619 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4620 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4621 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4622 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4623 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004624 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004625 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004626 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004627 if (T.isNull()) {
4628 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4629 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4630 return QualType();
4631 }
4632
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004633 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4634 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004635 return ResultTy;
4636 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004637 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4638 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4639 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4640 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4641 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4642 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4643 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4644 }
4645 } else if (!isRelational &&
4646 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4647 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4648 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4649 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4650 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4651 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4652 }
4653 } else {
4654 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004655 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004656 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004657 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004658 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004659 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004660 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004661 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004662
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004663 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004664 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004665 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004666 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004667 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4668 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004669 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004670 return ResultTy;
4671 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004672 if (LHSIsNull &&
4673 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4674 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004675 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004676 return ResultTy;
4677 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004678
4679 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004680 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004681 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4682 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004683 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4684 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4685 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4686 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4687 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4688 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4689 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4690 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004691 // types.
4692 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4693 if (T.isNull()) {
4694 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4695 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4696 return QualType();
4697 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004698
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004699 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4700 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004701 return ResultTy;
4702 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004703
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004704 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004705 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4706 return ResultTy;
4707 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004708
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004709 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004710 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004711 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4712 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004713
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004714 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004715 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004716 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004717 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004718 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004719 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004720 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004721 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004722 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004723 if (!isRelational
4724 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4725 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004726 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004727 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004728 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004729 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004730 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4731 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4732 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004733 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004734 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004735 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004736 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004737
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004738 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004739 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004740 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4741 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004742 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004743 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004744 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004745 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004746
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004747 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4748 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004749 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004750 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004751 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004752 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004753 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004754 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004755 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004756 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004757 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4758 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004759 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004760 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004761 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004762 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004763 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004764 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4765 if (RHSIsNull) {
4766 if (isRelational)
4767 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4768 } else if (isRelational)
4769 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4770 else
4771 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004772
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004773 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004774 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004775 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004776 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004777 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004778 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004779 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004780 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004781 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4782 if (LHSIsNull) {
4783 if (isRelational)
4784 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4785 } else if (isRelational)
4786 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4787 else
4788 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004789
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004790 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004791 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004792 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004793 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004794 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004795 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004796 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004797 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004798 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4799 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004800 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004801 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004802 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004803 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4804 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004805 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004806 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004807 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004808 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004809}
4810
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004811/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004812/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004813/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4814/// types.
4815QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004816 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004817 bool isRelational) {
4818 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4819 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004820 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004821 if (vType.isNull())
4822 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004823
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004824 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4825 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004826
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004827 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4828 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4829 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4830 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4831 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4832 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4833 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004834 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004835 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004836
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004837 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4838 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4839 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004840 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004841 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004842
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004843 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4844 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4845 // elements for floating point vectors.
4846 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4847 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004848
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004849 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004850 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004851 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004852 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004853 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004854 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4855
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004856 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004857 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004858 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4859}
4860
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004861inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004862 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004863 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004864 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004865
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004866 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004867
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004868 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004869 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004870 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004871}
4872
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004873inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004874 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004875 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4876 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4877 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004878
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004879 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4880 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004881
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004882 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004883 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004884
4885 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
4886 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
4887 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
4888 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
4889 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
4890 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
4891 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004892
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004893 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
4894 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
4895 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4896
4897 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
4898 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
4899 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
4900 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4901
4902 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
4903 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
4904 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4905
4906 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4907 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4908 // The result is a bool.
4909 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004910}
4911
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004912/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4913/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4914/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4915///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004916static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004917 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4918 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4919 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4920 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004921 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004922 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4923 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4924 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4925 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004926 }
4927 }
4928 return false;
4929}
4930
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004931/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4932/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4933static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004934 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004935 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004936 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004937 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4938 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004939 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4940 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004941
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004942 unsigned Diag = 0;
4943 bool NeedType = false;
4944 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4945 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4946 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004947 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004948 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4949 NeedType = true;
4950 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004951 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004952 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4953 NeedType = true;
4954 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004955 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004956 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4957 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004958 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004959 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4960 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004961 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4962 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004963 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004964 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4965 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004966 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004967 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4968 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004969 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004970 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4971 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004972 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4973 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4974 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004975 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4976 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4977 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004978 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004979
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004980 SourceRange Assign;
4981 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4982 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004983 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004984 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004985 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004986 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004987 return true;
4988}
4989
4990
4991
4992// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004993QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4994 SourceLocation Loc,
4995 QualType CompoundType) {
4996 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4997 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004998 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004999
5000 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5001 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005002
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005003 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005004 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005005 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005006 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005007 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5008 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5009 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005010 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005011 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005012 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005013 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005014
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005015 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5016 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5017 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005018 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005019 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5020 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5021 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5022 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5023 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005024 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005025 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005026 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5027 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5028 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005029 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5030 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005031 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5032 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5033 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005034 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005035 }
5036 } else {
5037 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005038 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005039 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005040
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005041 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5042 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005043 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005044
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005045 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5046 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005047 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005048 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5049 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005050 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005051 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005052 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005053}
5054
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005055// C99 6.5.17
5056QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005057 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005058 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005059
5060 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5061 // incomplete in C++).
5062
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005063 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005064}
5065
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005066/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5067/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005068QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5069 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005070 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5071 return Context.DependentTy;
5072
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005073 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5074 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005075
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005076 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5077 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5078 if (!isInc) {
5079 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5080 return QualType();
5081 }
5082 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5083 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5084 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005085 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005086 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5087 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005088
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005089 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005090 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005091 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5092 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5093 << Op->getSourceRange();
5094 return QualType();
5095 }
5096
5097 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005098 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005099 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005100 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5101 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5102 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5103 return QualType();
5104 }
5105
5106 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005107 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005108 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005109 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005110 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005111 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005112 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005113 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5114 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5116 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5117 return QualType();
5118 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005119 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5120 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5121 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005122 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005123 } else {
5124 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005125 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005126 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005127 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005128 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005129 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005130 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005131 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005132 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005133}
5134
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005135/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005136/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005137/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5138/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5139/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5140/// - &(x) => x
5141/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5142/// - &s.xx => s
5143/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5144/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5145/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5146/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005147static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005148 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005149 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005150 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005151 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005152 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5153 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5154 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005155 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005156 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005157 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005158 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005159 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005160 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5161 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005162 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5163 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5164 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5165 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5166 }
5167 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005168 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005169 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5170 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005171
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005172 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005173 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5174 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5175 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5176 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5177 default:
5178 return 0;
5179 }
5180 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005181 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005182 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005183 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005184 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5185 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005186 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005187 default:
5188 return 0;
5189 }
5190}
5191
5192/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005193/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005194/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005195/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005196/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005197/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005198/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005199QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005200 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5201 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5202
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005203 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5204 return Context.DependentTy;
5205
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005206 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5207 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5208 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5209 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5210 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5211 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5212 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5213 }
5214 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5215 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5216 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005217 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005218 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005219
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005220 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5221 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005222 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005223 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005224 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005225 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5226 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005227 return QualType();
5228 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005229 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005230 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5231 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5232 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005233 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005234 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5235 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005236 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005237 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005238 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005239 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005240 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5241 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5242 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5243 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5244 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005245 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5246 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005247 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5248 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005249 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5250 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005251 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005252 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005253 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5254 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005255 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005256 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5257 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005258 return QualType();
5259 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005260 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005261 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005262 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005263 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005264 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5265 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005266 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005267 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005268 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5269 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005270 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005271 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5272 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5273 return QualType();
5274 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005275
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005276 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5277 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005278 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005279 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005280 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005281 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005282 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005283 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5284 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005285 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5286 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5287 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005288 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005289 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005290
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005291 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5292 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5293 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5294 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5295 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5296 }
5297
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005298 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005299 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005300}
5301
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005302QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005303 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5304 return Context.DependentTy;
5305
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005306 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5307 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005308
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005309 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5310 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5311 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5312 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005313 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005314 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005315
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005316 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005317 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005318
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005319 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005320 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005321 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005322}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005323
5324static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5325 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5326 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5327 switch (Kind) {
5328 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005329 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5330 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005331 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5332 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5333 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5334 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5335 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5336 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5337 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5338 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5339 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5340 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5341 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5342 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5343 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5344 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5345 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5346 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5347 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5348 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5349 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5350 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5351 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5352 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5353 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5354 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5355 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5356 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5357 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5358 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5359 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5360 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5361 }
5362 return Opc;
5363}
5364
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005365static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5366 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5367 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5368 switch (Kind) {
5369 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5370 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5371 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5372 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5373 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5374 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5375 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5376 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5377 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005378 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5379 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005380 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005381 }
5382 return Opc;
5383}
5384
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005385/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5386/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5387/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005388Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5389 unsigned Op,
5390 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005391 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005392 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005393 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5394 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5395 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005396
5397 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005398 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5399 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5400 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005401 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5402 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5403 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5404 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5405 break;
5406 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005407 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5408 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5409 break;
5410 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5411 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5412 break;
5413 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5414 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5415 break;
5416 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5417 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5418 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005419 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005420 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5421 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5422 break;
5423 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5424 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5425 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5426 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005427 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005428 break;
5429 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5430 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005431 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005432 break;
5433 case BinaryOperator::And:
5434 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5435 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5436 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5437 break;
5438 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5439 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5440 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5441 break;
5442 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5443 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005444 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5445 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5446 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5447 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005448 break;
5449 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005450 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5451 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5452 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5453 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005454 break;
5455 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005456 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5457 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5458 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005459 break;
5460 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005461 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5462 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5463 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005464 break;
5465 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5466 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005467 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5468 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5469 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5470 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005471 break;
5472 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5473 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5474 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005475 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5476 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5477 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5478 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005479 break;
5480 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5481 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5482 break;
5483 }
5484 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005485 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005486 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005487 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5488 else
5489 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005490 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5491 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005492}
5493
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005494/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5495/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005496static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5497 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5498 SourceRange ParenRange)
5499{
5500 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5501 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5502 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5503 // warning/error and return.
5504 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5505 return;
5506 }
5507
5508 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5509 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5510 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5511}
5512
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005513/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5514/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5515/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5516/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005517static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5518 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005519 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5520 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5521 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5522 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005523 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005524 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005525 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5526
5527 // Subs are not binary operators.
5528 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5529 return;
5530
5531 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5532 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005533 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5534 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005535 return;
5536
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005537 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005538 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5539 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005540 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5541 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5542 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5543 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005544 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5545 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005546 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5547 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5548 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005549}
5550
5551/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5552/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5553/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5554static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5555 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005556 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005557 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5558}
5559
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005560// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005561Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5562 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5563 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005564 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005565 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005566
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005567 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5568 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005569
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005570 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5571 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5572
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005573 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5574}
5575
5576Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5577 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5578 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005579 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005580 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005581 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5582 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5583 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5584 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5585 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005586 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005587 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5588 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005589 if (S)
5590 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5591 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005592 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005593 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005594 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005595 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005596 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005597
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005598 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5599 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005600 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005601 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005602
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005603 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005604 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005605}
5606
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005607Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005608 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005609 ExprArg InputArg) {
5610 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005611
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005612 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005613 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005614 QualType resultType;
5615 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005616 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5617 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5618 break;
5619
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005620 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5621 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005622 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5623 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005624 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005625 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5626 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005627 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005628 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005629 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005630 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005631 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005632 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005633 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005634 break;
5635 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5636 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005637 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5638 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005639 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5640 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005641 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5642 break;
5643 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5644 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5645 break;
5646 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5647 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5648 resultType->isPointerType())
5649 break;
5650
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005651 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5652 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005653 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005654 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5655 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005656 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5657 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005658 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5659 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5660 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005661 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005662 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005663 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005664 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5665 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005666 break;
5667 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005668 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005669 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5670 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005671 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5672 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005673 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005674 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5675 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005676 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005677 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5678 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005679 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005680 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005681 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005682 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005683 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005684 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005685 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005686 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005687 }
5688 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005689 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005690
5691 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005692 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005693}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005694
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005695Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5696 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5697 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005698 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005699 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5700 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005701 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5702 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5703 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5704 // the arguments.
5705 FunctionSet Functions;
5706 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5707 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005708 if (S)
5709 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5710 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005711 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005712 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005713 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005714 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005715
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005716 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5717 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005718
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005719 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5720}
5721
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005722// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5723Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5724 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5725 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5726}
5727
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005728/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005729Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5730 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5731 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005732 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005733 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005734
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005735 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5736 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005737 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005738 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005739
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005740 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005741 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5742 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005743}
5744
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005745Sema::OwningExprResult
5746Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5747 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5748 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005749 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5750 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5751
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005752 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005753 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005754 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005755
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005756 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5757 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5758 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005759
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005760 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5761 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5762 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005763
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005764 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5765 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5766 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5767 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5768 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005769
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005770 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005771 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005772 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005773
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005774 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5775 // expressions are not lvalues.
5776
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005777 substmt.release();
5778 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005779}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005780
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005781Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5782 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5783 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5784 TypeTy *argty,
5785 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5786 unsigned NumComponents,
5787 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5788 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5789 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005790 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5791 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005792 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005793
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005794 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5795
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005796 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5797 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5798 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005799 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005800 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005801
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005802 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5803 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005804
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005805 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5806 // the offsetof designators.
5807 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5808 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005809 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005810 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005811
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005812 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5813 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005814 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5815 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005816 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005817 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5818 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005819
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005820 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005821 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005822
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005823 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5824 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5825 return ExprError();
5826
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005827 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5828 // leaks like a sieve.
5829 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5830 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5831 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5832 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5833 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5834 if (!AT) {
5835 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005836 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5837 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005838 }
5839
5840 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5841
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005842 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5843 // expression.
5844 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5845
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005846 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5847 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005848 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005849 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005850 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005851 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005852 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005853
5854 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5855 OC.LocEnd);
5856 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005857 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005858
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005859 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005860 if (!RC) {
5861 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005862 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5863 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005864 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005865
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005866 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5867 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005868 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005869 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005870 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5871 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5872 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005873 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5874 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005875 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005876
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005877 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
5878 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005879
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005880 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005881 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005882 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005883 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005884 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5885 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005886
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005887 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5888 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005889 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005890 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005891 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005892 } else {
5893 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5894 // doesn't matter here.
5895 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5896 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5897 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005898 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005899 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005900
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005901 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5902 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005903}
5904
5905
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005906Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5907 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5908 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005909 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5910 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5911 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005912
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005913 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005914
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005915 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5916 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5917 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5918 return ExprError();
5919 }
5920
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005921 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5922 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005923}
5924
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005925Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5926 ExprArg cond,
5927 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5928 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5929 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5930 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5931 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005932
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005933 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5934
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005935 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005936 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005937 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005938 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005939 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005940 } else {
5941 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5942 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5943 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5944 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005945 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5946 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5947 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005948
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005949 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5950 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005951 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5952 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005953 }
5954
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005955 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5956 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005957 resType, RPLoc,
5958 resType->isDependentType(),
5959 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005960}
5961
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005962//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5963// Clang Extensions.
5964//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5965
5966/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005967void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005968 // Analyze block parameters.
5969 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005970
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005971 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5972 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5973 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005974
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005975 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005976 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005977 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005978 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005979 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5980 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005981
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005982 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005983 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005984}
5985
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005986void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005987 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005988
5989 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5990 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005991 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005992 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5993
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005994 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5995 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5996 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5997 return;
5998 }
5999
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006000 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6001 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6002 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6003
6004 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6005 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006006 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006007 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006008 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006009 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006010 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6011 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006012 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006013
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006014 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6015 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6016 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6017 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6018 return;
6019 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006020 return;
6021 }
6022
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006023 // Analyze arguments to block.
6024 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6025 "Not a function declarator!");
6026 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006027
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006028 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6029 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006030
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006031 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6032 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6033 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6034 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006035 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6036 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006037 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006038 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006039 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6040 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006041 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006042 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006043 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006044 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006045 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006046 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006047 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006048 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6049 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6050 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6051 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6052 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006053
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006054 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006055 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006056 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006057 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006058 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006059 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6060 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006061
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006062 // Analyze the return type.
6063 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006064 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006065
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006066 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6067 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6068 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6069 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6070 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006071 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006072}
6073
6074/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6075/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6076void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6077 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6078 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006079
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006080 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6081
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006082 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006083 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006084 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006085 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006086}
6087
6088/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6089/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006090Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6091 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006092 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6093 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6094 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006095
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006096 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6097 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006098
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006099 PopDeclContext();
6100
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006101 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6102 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006103
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006104 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006105 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6106 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006107
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006108 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6109 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6110 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006111
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006112 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006113 QualType BlockTy;
6114 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006115 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6116 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006117 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006118 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006119 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6120 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006121
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006122 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006123 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006124 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006125
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006126 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6127 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6128 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6129 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006130
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006131 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006132 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006133 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6134 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006135}
6136
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006137Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6138 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6139 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006140 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006141 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6142 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006143
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006144 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006145
6146 // Get the va_list type
6147 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006148 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6149 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6150 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6151 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006152 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006153 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6154 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6155 } else {
6156 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6157 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006158 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006159 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006160 return ExprError();
6161 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006162
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006163 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6164 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006165 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6166 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006167 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006168 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006169
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006170 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006171 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006172
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006173 expr.release();
6174 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6175 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006176}
6177
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006178Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006179 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6180 // pointers on the target.
6181 QualType Ty;
6182 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6183 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6184 else
6185 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6186
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006187 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006188}
6189
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006190static void
6191MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6192 QualType DstType,
6193 Expr *SrcExpr,
6194 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6195 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6196 return;
6197
6198 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6199 if (!PT)
6200 return;
6201
6202 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6203 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6204 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6205 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6206 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6207 return;
6208 }
6209
6210 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6211 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6212 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6213 return;
6214
6215 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6216}
6217
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006218bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6219 SourceLocation Loc,
6220 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6221 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6222 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6223 bool isInvalid = false;
6224 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006225 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6226
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006227 switch (ConvTy) {
6228 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6229 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006230 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006231 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6232 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006233 case IntToPointer:
6234 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6235 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006236 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006237 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006238 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6239 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006240 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6241 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6242 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006243 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6244 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6245 break;
6246 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006247 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6248 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6249 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6250 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6251 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6252 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6253 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6254 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6255 // C++ semantics.
6256 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6257 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6258 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006259 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6260 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006261 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006262 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006263 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006264 case IntToBlockPointer:
6265 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6266 break;
6267 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006268 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006269 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006270 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006271 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006272 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6273 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6274 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006275 case IncompatibleVectors:
6276 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6277 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006278 case Incompatible:
6279 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6280 isInvalid = true;
6281 break;
6282 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006283
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006284 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006285 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006286 return isInvalid;
6287}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006288
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006289bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006290 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6291 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6292 if (Result)
6293 *Result = ICEResult;
6294 return false;
6295 }
6296
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006297 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6298
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006299 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006300 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6301 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6302
6303 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6304 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6305 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6306 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6307 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6308 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6309 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006310
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006311 return true;
6312 }
6313
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006314 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6315 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006316
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006317 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6318 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6319 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006320
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006321 if (Result)
6322 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6323 return false;
6324}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006325
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006326Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6327Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006328 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6329 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6330 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006331
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006332 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6333 return NewContext;
6334}
6335
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006336void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006337Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6338 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6339 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6340
6341 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6342 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6343 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6344 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6345 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6346 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6347 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006348
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006349 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6350 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6351 I != IEnd; ++I)
6352 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6353 }
6354}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006355
6356/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6357///
6358/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6359/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6360/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6361/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6362///
6363/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6364///
6365/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6366void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6367 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006368
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006369 if (D->isUsed())
6370 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006371
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006372 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6373 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6374 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6375 // -Wunused-parameters)
6376 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6377 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006378 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006379
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006380 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6381 // an instantiation.
6382 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6383 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006384
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006385 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6386 case Unevaluated:
6387 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6388 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006389
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006390 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6391 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6392 // "used"; handle this below.
6393 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006394
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006395 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6396 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6397 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6398 // potentially evaluated.
6399 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6400 return;
6401 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006402
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006403 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006404 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006405 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006406 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6407 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6408 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006409 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006410 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006411 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6412 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6413 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006414 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6415 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6416 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006417
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006418 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6419 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6420 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6421 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6422 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6423 }
6424 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006425 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006426 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006427 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006428 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006429 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6430 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6431 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6432 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6433 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006434 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6435 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006436 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6437 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6438 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6439 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6440 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006441 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6442 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006443 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6444 }
6445
6446 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6447 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6448 }
6449
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006450 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006451 Function->setUsed(true);
6452 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006453 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006454
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006455 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006456 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006457 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006458 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6459 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6460 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6461 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6462 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6463 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6464 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6465 }
6466 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006467
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006468 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006469
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006470 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006471 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006472 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006473}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006474
6475bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6476 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6477 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6478 return false;
6479
6480 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6481 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6482 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6483 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6484
6485 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6486 FD ?
6487 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6488 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6489 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6490 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6491 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6492 return true;
6493
6494 return false;
6495}
6496
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006497// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6498// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6499void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6500 SourceLocation Loc;
6501
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006502 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6503
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006504 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6505 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6506 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6507 return;
6508
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006509 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6510 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6511 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6512 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6513
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006514 // self = [<foo> init...]
6515 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6516 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6517 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6518
6519 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6520 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6521 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6522 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6523 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006524
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006525 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6526 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6527 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6528 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6529 return;
6530
6531 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6532 } else {
6533 // Not an assignment.
6534 return;
6535 }
6536
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006537 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006538 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006539
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006540 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006541 << E->getSourceRange()
6542 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6543 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6544}
6545
6546bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6547 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6548
6549 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6550 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6551
6552 QualType T = E->getType();
6553
6554 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6555 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6556 return true;
6557 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6558 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6559 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6560 return true;
6561 }
6562 }
6563
6564 return false;
6565}